24
3/6/13 Parts lists - WikiHelp wikihelp.autodesk.com/Inventor/enu/2012/Help/0073-Autodesk73/0611-Drawings611/0633-Drawing_633/0642-Parts_li642 1/24 Feedback English Sign in Help Autodesk WikiHelp Product help with community knowledge 2012 Inventor Search Inventor Search Inventor Inventor Product Language Release submit submit Share Lists Print HomeInventorEnglish2012HelpAutodesk InventorDrawingsDrawing annotationsParts lists How to add your knowledge How to add your knowledge Create new page Edit page Upload video Parts lists We have highlighted your search term bom in inventor for you. If you'd like to remove the search term highlighting, click here. Table of contents No headers Procedures | References After you create a drawing, you can add a parts list. A parts list is generated from a bill of material (BOM) and shows all or specified parts and subassemblies listed in the BOM database. A parts list can display four types of information: Structured

Parts Lists - WikiHelp

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 124

Feedback

English

Sign in

Help

Autodesk WikiHelp Product help with community knowledge

2012

Inventor

Search Inventor Search Inventor

Inventor

Product

Language

Release

submitsubmit

Share

Lists

Print

HomeInventorEnglish2012HelpAutodesk InventorDrawingsDrawing annotationsParts lists

How to add your knowledgeHow to add your knowledge

Create new page

Edit page

Upload video

Parts lists

We have highlighted your search term bom in inventor for you If youd like to remove the search term

highlighting click here

Table of contents

No headers

Procedures | References

After you create a drawing you can add a parts list A parts list is generated from a bill of material (BOM) and

shows all or specified parts and subassemblies listed in the BOM database A parts list can display four types of

information

Structured

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 224

Parts Only

Structured (legacy)

Parts Only (legacy)

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

In the Parts List dialog box you can save changes made to item numbers back to the assembly Bill of Materials

(Not applicable for legacy parts lists)

The Item Column displays item numbers as displayed in the Bill of Materials The item number can be edited as

needed in both the assembly BOM and in the parts list Changes to item numbers in the assembly BOM are

automatically updated in the parts list and balloons except for values that have been specified as Static To

update the assembly BOM with changes made to item numbers in the parts list click Save Item Overrides to

BOM in the Parts List dialog box

Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts

lists The parts list overrides are kept for legacy parts lists but can be rewritten by local overrides for

converted parts lists If you copy a sheet with a parts list and balloons into another drawing the parts list and

balloons are also copied

Parts list filters

Use parts list filters to filter rows out from a parts list A filter is applied from the Parts List dialog after placing a

parts list or set in a parts list style Items (rows) that are filtered as a result of applying a parts list filter do

not appear in the parts list editor or the parts list in the drawing

The following types of parts list filters are available

Ballooned Items Only

Standard Content

Item Number Range

Purchased Items

Assembly View Representation

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Formatting parts lists

You can define a standard format for the display of your parts list Use the Style and Standard Editor to add or

edit parts list styles You can define the appearance and display of the parts list for the current document

If you prefer a different format for a specific parts list you can modify the format on parts list creation or after

you place the parts list in the drawing Or you can associate the parts list with a different style selected from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Modifications to the parts list style do not affect the style library unless you click Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Save Use caution when saving to the style library because the modified style replaces the

library version and can affect other documents

Modifying a parts list

You can modify the settings for a parts list after you place it in the drawing Right-click the parts list in the

browser or in the graphic window and then select options to change the display of the parts list and perform

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 324

the following operations

Use Edit Parts List to

Add and remove columns in the parts list

Group rows into a common row

Sort the parts list

Export parts list data to an external file

Modify the table layout

Renumber items in the parts list

Add and remove custom parts to the parts list

Substitute the value of one property field into a different one You can also substitute the sum of the

values of one property field into another

Define formatting properties including units of measure

Change the parts list title and location of the title

Tip To enable stacking of fractional numbers right-click the heading of a parts list column and choose Format

Column In the Format Column dialog box select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack Properties Then select

the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties and Format Column dialog

box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a stacked fraction in

the drawing

Stock Number and Part Number property

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It is

common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM property

Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items Change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping also takes into account the Stock Number values that are defined in the BOM

Publish DWF data

When you publish a drawing containing a parts list it is also published to DWF file Click Export Export

to DWF or Save As Save Copy As Specify the DWF file type and appropriate options

Legacy and Converted parts list

When you open a legacy drawing with a parts list the parts list is not automatically converted You can either

keep the old parts list or manually convert the parts list

The parts list conversion can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity

overrides and BOM structure attributes are applied and merging is discarded on conversion

When you convert a parts list all parts lists and all balloons which use the same source are also converted

Parts list overrides are kept only for the selected parts list

A converted parts list can take advantage of the BOM structure BOM quantity overrides BOM Item Numbers

and automatic equivalency merging of components

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 424

Procedures

Create a parts list

A parts list uses the default formatting set in the parts list style associated with

the active drafting standard

If you create a parts list by selecting a view of an iAssembly member the

default is the member in the view The QTY column for the member is displayed

in the parts list if it has been specified in the style If you create a parts list by

browsing to an iAssembly the parts list default is for the active member

Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts

lists

1 On the ribbon click Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

2 On the Parts List dialog box select the source for the parts list

To create a parts list for a drawing view select the drawing view in the graphics window

To create a parts list from a source file on the Parts List dialog box click Browse and open the file

3 Select the appropriate BOM view for creating parts lists and balloons

Either or both of the Structured and the Parts Only types can be disabled in the source assembly If

you select this option the Parts Only BOM type is selected in the source file

You cannot change the Structured BOM view in the Create Parts List dialog box if it has already been

specified in the source file

When you click OK to close the dialog box if the BOM View is turned off in the referenced assembly You are

prompted to turn it on if needed

Note Use these properties to set the level and options that affect item numbering

4 In the Table Wrapping box set the wrap direction If appropriate select Enable Automatic Wrap and set the

maximum number of parts list rows or number of parts list sections

5 Choose OK to close the Parts List dialog box

6 Click a location on the drawing sheet to place the parts list You can snap the parts list to edges or corners of

the sheet or the title block

Show Me how to place a parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524

Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location

Convert a legacy parts list

Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list

Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM

structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion

Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same

source are discarded

Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type

indicates a legacy parts list

indicates a converted parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624

To convert a legacy parts list

1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window

2 Choose Convert from the menu

3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed

Use parts list filters

Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list

in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style

Filter a parts list in the drawing

Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the

quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters

1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box

3 To define a new parts list filter

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and

click Add Filter to confirm the changes

5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete

6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply

7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list

filters clear the Filter check box

8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in

the drawing

Define parts list filters in the parts list style

Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular

parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available

for a later use

1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor

2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style

3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings

4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list

To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to

confirm the changes

To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete

6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists

In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default

To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the

parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected

7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes

Modify the data in a parts list

When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill

of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list

To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit

Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Tips

You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from

the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box

You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated

when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in

the Edit Parts List dialog box

You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill

of materials

Edit the data in the bill of materials

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824

Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists

1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials

2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits

3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons

(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)

Display andor edit members in an iAssembly

By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the

default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different

members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command

1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection

2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list

Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members

3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero

quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property

4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box

Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following

To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save

Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar

To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL

key and click to select multiple cells

Substitute Part Number with Stock Number

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It

is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM

property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original

value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts

list

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format

Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution

Select Enable Value Substitution

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 2: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 224

Parts Only

Structured (legacy)

Parts Only (legacy)

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

In the Parts List dialog box you can save changes made to item numbers back to the assembly Bill of Materials

(Not applicable for legacy parts lists)

The Item Column displays item numbers as displayed in the Bill of Materials The item number can be edited as

needed in both the assembly BOM and in the parts list Changes to item numbers in the assembly BOM are

automatically updated in the parts list and balloons except for values that have been specified as Static To

update the assembly BOM with changes made to item numbers in the parts list click Save Item Overrides to

BOM in the Parts List dialog box

Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts

lists The parts list overrides are kept for legacy parts lists but can be rewritten by local overrides for

converted parts lists If you copy a sheet with a parts list and balloons into another drawing the parts list and

balloons are also copied

Parts list filters

Use parts list filters to filter rows out from a parts list A filter is applied from the Parts List dialog after placing a

parts list or set in a parts list style Items (rows) that are filtered as a result of applying a parts list filter do

not appear in the parts list editor or the parts list in the drawing

The following types of parts list filters are available

Ballooned Items Only

Standard Content

Item Number Range

Purchased Items

Assembly View Representation

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Formatting parts lists

You can define a standard format for the display of your parts list Use the Style and Standard Editor to add or

edit parts list styles You can define the appearance and display of the parts list for the current document

If you prefer a different format for a specific parts list you can modify the format on parts list creation or after

you place the parts list in the drawing Or you can associate the parts list with a different style selected from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Modifications to the parts list style do not affect the style library unless you click Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Save Use caution when saving to the style library because the modified style replaces the

library version and can affect other documents

Modifying a parts list

You can modify the settings for a parts list after you place it in the drawing Right-click the parts list in the

browser or in the graphic window and then select options to change the display of the parts list and perform

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 324

the following operations

Use Edit Parts List to

Add and remove columns in the parts list

Group rows into a common row

Sort the parts list

Export parts list data to an external file

Modify the table layout

Renumber items in the parts list

Add and remove custom parts to the parts list

Substitute the value of one property field into a different one You can also substitute the sum of the

values of one property field into another

Define formatting properties including units of measure

Change the parts list title and location of the title

Tip To enable stacking of fractional numbers right-click the heading of a parts list column and choose Format

Column In the Format Column dialog box select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack Properties Then select

the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties and Format Column dialog

box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a stacked fraction in

the drawing

Stock Number and Part Number property

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It is

common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM property

Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items Change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping also takes into account the Stock Number values that are defined in the BOM

Publish DWF data

When you publish a drawing containing a parts list it is also published to DWF file Click Export Export

to DWF or Save As Save Copy As Specify the DWF file type and appropriate options

Legacy and Converted parts list

When you open a legacy drawing with a parts list the parts list is not automatically converted You can either

keep the old parts list or manually convert the parts list

The parts list conversion can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity

overrides and BOM structure attributes are applied and merging is discarded on conversion

When you convert a parts list all parts lists and all balloons which use the same source are also converted

Parts list overrides are kept only for the selected parts list

A converted parts list can take advantage of the BOM structure BOM quantity overrides BOM Item Numbers

and automatic equivalency merging of components

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 424

Procedures

Create a parts list

A parts list uses the default formatting set in the parts list style associated with

the active drafting standard

If you create a parts list by selecting a view of an iAssembly member the

default is the member in the view The QTY column for the member is displayed

in the parts list if it has been specified in the style If you create a parts list by

browsing to an iAssembly the parts list default is for the active member

Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts

lists

1 On the ribbon click Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

2 On the Parts List dialog box select the source for the parts list

To create a parts list for a drawing view select the drawing view in the graphics window

To create a parts list from a source file on the Parts List dialog box click Browse and open the file

3 Select the appropriate BOM view for creating parts lists and balloons

Either or both of the Structured and the Parts Only types can be disabled in the source assembly If

you select this option the Parts Only BOM type is selected in the source file

You cannot change the Structured BOM view in the Create Parts List dialog box if it has already been

specified in the source file

When you click OK to close the dialog box if the BOM View is turned off in the referenced assembly You are

prompted to turn it on if needed

Note Use these properties to set the level and options that affect item numbering

4 In the Table Wrapping box set the wrap direction If appropriate select Enable Automatic Wrap and set the

maximum number of parts list rows or number of parts list sections

5 Choose OK to close the Parts List dialog box

6 Click a location on the drawing sheet to place the parts list You can snap the parts list to edges or corners of

the sheet or the title block

Show Me how to place a parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524

Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location

Convert a legacy parts list

Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list

Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM

structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion

Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same

source are discarded

Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type

indicates a legacy parts list

indicates a converted parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624

To convert a legacy parts list

1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window

2 Choose Convert from the menu

3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed

Use parts list filters

Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list

in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style

Filter a parts list in the drawing

Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the

quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters

1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box

3 To define a new parts list filter

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and

click Add Filter to confirm the changes

5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete

6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply

7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list

filters clear the Filter check box

8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in

the drawing

Define parts list filters in the parts list style

Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular

parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available

for a later use

1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor

2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style

3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings

4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list

To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to

confirm the changes

To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete

6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists

In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default

To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the

parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected

7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes

Modify the data in a parts list

When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill

of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list

To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit

Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Tips

You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from

the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box

You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated

when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in

the Edit Parts List dialog box

You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill

of materials

Edit the data in the bill of materials

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824

Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists

1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials

2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits

3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons

(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)

Display andor edit members in an iAssembly

By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the

default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different

members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command

1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection

2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list

Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members

3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero

quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property

4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box

Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following

To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save

Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar

To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL

key and click to select multiple cells

Substitute Part Number with Stock Number

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It

is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM

property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original

value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts

list

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format

Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution

Select Enable Value Substitution

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 3: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 324

the following operations

Use Edit Parts List to

Add and remove columns in the parts list

Group rows into a common row

Sort the parts list

Export parts list data to an external file

Modify the table layout

Renumber items in the parts list

Add and remove custom parts to the parts list

Substitute the value of one property field into a different one You can also substitute the sum of the

values of one property field into another

Define formatting properties including units of measure

Change the parts list title and location of the title

Tip To enable stacking of fractional numbers right-click the heading of a parts list column and choose Format

Column In the Format Column dialog box select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack Properties Then select

the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties and Format Column dialog

box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a stacked fraction in

the drawing

Stock Number and Part Number property

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It is

common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM property

Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items Change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping also takes into account the Stock Number values that are defined in the BOM

Publish DWF data

When you publish a drawing containing a parts list it is also published to DWF file Click Export Export

to DWF or Save As Save Copy As Specify the DWF file type and appropriate options

Legacy and Converted parts list

When you open a legacy drawing with a parts list the parts list is not automatically converted You can either

keep the old parts list or manually convert the parts list

The parts list conversion can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity

overrides and BOM structure attributes are applied and merging is discarded on conversion

When you convert a parts list all parts lists and all balloons which use the same source are also converted

Parts list overrides are kept only for the selected parts list

A converted parts list can take advantage of the BOM structure BOM quantity overrides BOM Item Numbers

and automatic equivalency merging of components

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 424

Procedures

Create a parts list

A parts list uses the default formatting set in the parts list style associated with

the active drafting standard

If you create a parts list by selecting a view of an iAssembly member the

default is the member in the view The QTY column for the member is displayed

in the parts list if it has been specified in the style If you create a parts list by

browsing to an iAssembly the parts list default is for the active member

Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts

lists

1 On the ribbon click Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

2 On the Parts List dialog box select the source for the parts list

To create a parts list for a drawing view select the drawing view in the graphics window

To create a parts list from a source file on the Parts List dialog box click Browse and open the file

3 Select the appropriate BOM view for creating parts lists and balloons

Either or both of the Structured and the Parts Only types can be disabled in the source assembly If

you select this option the Parts Only BOM type is selected in the source file

You cannot change the Structured BOM view in the Create Parts List dialog box if it has already been

specified in the source file

When you click OK to close the dialog box if the BOM View is turned off in the referenced assembly You are

prompted to turn it on if needed

Note Use these properties to set the level and options that affect item numbering

4 In the Table Wrapping box set the wrap direction If appropriate select Enable Automatic Wrap and set the

maximum number of parts list rows or number of parts list sections

5 Choose OK to close the Parts List dialog box

6 Click a location on the drawing sheet to place the parts list You can snap the parts list to edges or corners of

the sheet or the title block

Show Me how to place a parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524

Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location

Convert a legacy parts list

Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list

Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM

structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion

Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same

source are discarded

Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type

indicates a legacy parts list

indicates a converted parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624

To convert a legacy parts list

1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window

2 Choose Convert from the menu

3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed

Use parts list filters

Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list

in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style

Filter a parts list in the drawing

Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the

quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters

1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box

3 To define a new parts list filter

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and

click Add Filter to confirm the changes

5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete

6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply

7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list

filters clear the Filter check box

8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in

the drawing

Define parts list filters in the parts list style

Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular

parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available

for a later use

1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor

2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style

3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings

4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list

To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to

confirm the changes

To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete

6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists

In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default

To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the

parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected

7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes

Modify the data in a parts list

When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill

of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list

To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit

Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Tips

You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from

the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box

You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated

when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in

the Edit Parts List dialog box

You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill

of materials

Edit the data in the bill of materials

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824

Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists

1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials

2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits

3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons

(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)

Display andor edit members in an iAssembly

By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the

default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different

members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command

1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection

2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list

Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members

3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero

quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property

4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box

Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following

To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save

Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar

To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL

key and click to select multiple cells

Substitute Part Number with Stock Number

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It

is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM

property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original

value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts

list

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format

Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution

Select Enable Value Substitution

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 4: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 424

Procedures

Create a parts list

A parts list uses the default formatting set in the parts list style associated with

the active drafting standard

If you create a parts list by selecting a view of an iAssembly member the

default is the member in the view The QTY column for the member is displayed

in the parts list if it has been specified in the style If you create a parts list by

browsing to an iAssembly the parts list default is for the active member

Tip You can copy a parts list and paste it to another drawing sheet or another drawing You can also drag parts

lists

1 On the ribbon click Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

2 On the Parts List dialog box select the source for the parts list

To create a parts list for a drawing view select the drawing view in the graphics window

To create a parts list from a source file on the Parts List dialog box click Browse and open the file

3 Select the appropriate BOM view for creating parts lists and balloons

Either or both of the Structured and the Parts Only types can be disabled in the source assembly If

you select this option the Parts Only BOM type is selected in the source file

You cannot change the Structured BOM view in the Create Parts List dialog box if it has already been

specified in the source file

When you click OK to close the dialog box if the BOM View is turned off in the referenced assembly You are

prompted to turn it on if needed

Note Use these properties to set the level and options that affect item numbering

4 In the Table Wrapping box set the wrap direction If appropriate select Enable Automatic Wrap and set the

maximum number of parts list rows or number of parts list sections

5 Choose OK to close the Parts List dialog box

6 Click a location on the drawing sheet to place the parts list You can snap the parts list to edges or corners of

the sheet or the title block

Show Me how to place a parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524

Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location

Convert a legacy parts list

Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list

Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM

structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion

Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same

source are discarded

Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type

indicates a legacy parts list

indicates a converted parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624

To convert a legacy parts list

1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window

2 Choose Convert from the menu

3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed

Use parts list filters

Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list

in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style

Filter a parts list in the drawing

Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the

quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters

1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box

3 To define a new parts list filter

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and

click Add Filter to confirm the changes

5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete

6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply

7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list

filters clear the Filter check box

8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in

the drawing

Define parts list filters in the parts list style

Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular

parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available

for a later use

1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor

2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style

3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings

4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list

To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to

confirm the changes

To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete

6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists

In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default

To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the

parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected

7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes

Modify the data in a parts list

When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill

of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list

To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit

Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Tips

You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from

the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box

You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated

when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in

the Edit Parts List dialog box

You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill

of materials

Edit the data in the bill of materials

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824

Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists

1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials

2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits

3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons

(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)

Display andor edit members in an iAssembly

By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the

default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different

members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command

1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection

2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list

Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members

3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero

quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property

4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box

Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following

To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save

Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar

To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL

key and click to select multiple cells

Substitute Part Number with Stock Number

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It

is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM

property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original

value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts

list

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format

Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution

Select Enable Value Substitution

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 5: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 524

Tip To move a parts list click the parts list and drag to a new location

Convert a legacy parts list

Legacy parts lists can be manually converted to the current type of parts list

Converting can change the parts list contents BOM equivalency grouping BOM quantity overrides and BOM

structure attributes are applied on conversion Parts list merging is discarded on conversion

Conversion keeps overrides only for the targeted parts list Overrides for other parts lists which use the same

source are discarded

Note The parts list icon in the browser corresponds with the parts list type

indicates a legacy parts list

indicates a converted parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624

To convert a legacy parts list

1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window

2 Choose Convert from the menu

3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed

Use parts list filters

Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list

in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style

Filter a parts list in the drawing

Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the

quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters

1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box

3 To define a new parts list filter

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and

click Add Filter to confirm the changes

5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete

6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply

7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list

filters clear the Filter check box

8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in

the drawing

Define parts list filters in the parts list style

Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular

parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available

for a later use

1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor

2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style

3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings

4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list

To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to

confirm the changes

To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete

6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists

In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default

To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the

parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected

7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes

Modify the data in a parts list

When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill

of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list

To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit

Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Tips

You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from

the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box

You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated

when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in

the Edit Parts List dialog box

You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill

of materials

Edit the data in the bill of materials

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824

Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists

1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials

2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits

3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons

(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)

Display andor edit members in an iAssembly

By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the

default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different

members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command

1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection

2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list

Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members

3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero

quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property

4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box

Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following

To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save

Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar

To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL

key and click to select multiple cells

Substitute Part Number with Stock Number

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It

is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM

property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original

value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts

list

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format

Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution

Select Enable Value Substitution

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 6: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 624

To convert a legacy parts list

1 Right-click the legacy parts list in the drawing browser or in the graphic window

2 Choose Convert from the menu

3 The parts list is converted and its icon in the browser is changed

Use parts list filters

Use parts list filters to filter rows out from the parts list You can define parts list filters for a particular parts list

in the drawing or add parts list filters to the parts list style

Filter a parts list in the drawing

Parts list filters filter rows out from the parts list but do not change any parts list data That means the

quantity (QTY) values and also parts list overrides remain unchanged after applying parts list filters

1 Right-click a parts list in the graphic window and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings to open the Filter Settings dialog box

3 To define a new parts list filter

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

4 To edit a filter right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Edit Change the filter options and

click Add Filter to confirm the changes

5 To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter in the filters list field and choose Delete

6 In the filters list clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply

7 To apply selected filters to the parts list leave the Filter check box selected To disable all parts list

filters clear the Filter check box

8 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

Filters are applied to parts list rows in the Edit Parts List dialog box Click Apply to update the parts list in

the drawing

Define parts list filters in the parts list style

Parts list filters defined in a parts list style are available for all parts list in the drawing which use the particular

parts list style If you disable the Filter option in the style filters are not be applied by default but are available

for a later use

1 On the ribbon click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor

2 In the Style and Standard Editor dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style

3 In the Parts List Style panel click Filter Settings

4 Define parts list filters in the Filter Setting dialog box

In the Define Filter Item select a filter type The corresponding filter options are displayed

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list

To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to

confirm the changes

To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete

6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists

In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default

To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the

parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected

7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes

Modify the data in a parts list

When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill

of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list

To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit

Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Tips

You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from

the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box

You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated

when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in

the Edit Parts List dialog box

You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill

of materials

Edit the data in the bill of materials

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824

Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists

1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials

2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits

3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons

(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)

Display andor edit members in an iAssembly

By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the

default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different

members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command

1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection

2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list

Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members

3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero

quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property

4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box

Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following

To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save

Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar

To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL

key and click to select multiple cells

Substitute Part Number with Stock Number

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It

is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM

property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original

value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts

list

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format

Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution

Select Enable Value Substitution

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 7: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 724

Set the filter options and click Add Filter To cancel the selection click Clear Filter

Tip Select the Filter option in the Filter Settings dialog box to edit parts list filters

5 If needed edit or delete filters available in the filters list

To edit a filter right-click the filter and select Edit Change the filter options and click Add Filter to

confirm the changes

To delete a filter from the list right-click the filter and choose Delete

6 Set the default setup for filtering parts lists

In the filters list field clear the check box for filters you do not want to apply by default

To disable all parts list filters by default clear the Filter check box To apply selected filters to the

parts list by default leave the Filter check box selected

7 Choose OK to close the Filter Settings dialog box

8 Click Save in the Style and Standard Editor to save the changes

Modify the data in a parts list

When you add a parts list to a drawing it displays values derived from the bill

of materials (BOM) You can edit the values in the cells of a parts list

To edit parts list values or set up right-click the parts list and then select Edit

Parts List Use the options in the Edit Parts List dialog box to make the changes

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in the ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Tips

You can substitute the value of one property with the value of another property in the parts list from

the Substitution tab in the Format Column dialog box

You can override a value in the parts list The overridden cell is set as Static Value and is not updated

when the value is changed in the parts list source file Overridden values appear in blue and bold text in

the Edit Parts List dialog box

You can save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials with the Save Item overrides to bill

of materials

Edit the data in the bill of materials

You can open the Bill of Materials dialog box from the drawing environment and edit the assembly BOM All

changes are saved in the assembly and corresponding component files

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824

Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists

1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials

2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits

3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons

(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)

Display andor edit members in an iAssembly

By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the

default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different

members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command

1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection

2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list

Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members

3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero

quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property

4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box

Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following

To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save

Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar

To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL

key and click to select multiple cells

Substitute Part Number with Stock Number

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It

is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM

property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original

value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts

list

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format

Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution

Select Enable Value Substitution

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 8: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 824

Note This functionality is available only for converted parts lists

1 Right-click a parts list in the Model browser or in the graphic window and then select Bill of Materials

2 In the Bill of Materials dialog box perform the edits

3 Click Done to close the Bill of Materials dialog box All changes are submitted in parts lists and balloons

(with exception of the values which are overridden in a parts list or balloon)

Display andor edit members in an iAssembly

By default the parts list of an iAssembly file displays the member specified in the Drawing View dialog box (the

default is the active member) You can change the display of a factory-based parts list to show all or different

members within the Edit Parts List dialog box To change the display use the Members command

1 In the Edits Parts List dialog click Member Selection

2 In the Select Member dialog box select the members to include in the parts list

Alternately click Yes to All or No to All to add or exclude all members

3 Select the Hide Rows of Zero Quantity option to automatically hide rows for components with zero

quantity To unhide these rows clear the check box

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom property

4 Click OK to close the Select Member dialog box

Save Part List changes back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Items appearing in dark blue indicate the changes made have not been saved to the assembly Bill of Materials

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box perform one of the following

To save all item number overrides in the parts list back to the assembly Bill of Materials click Save

Item overrides to BOM on the toolbar

To save specific changes right-click on a cell and select Save Item overrides Hold down the CTRL

key and click to select multiple cells

Substitute Part Number with Stock Number

Sometimes multiple components have the same Part Number but must be treated as separate components It

is common for cut-length items such as tube and pipe flexible hose wires tape and so on A new BOM

property Stock Number is added to all components to accommodate this intention

The Part Number column can be substituted by Stock Number column for parts lists to support the workflows of

cut length items You change the substitution setting in the Format Column dialog box

Note If the Stock Number property is blank for a parts list item the Part Number column retains the original

value If a Stock Number value is defined for a parts list item it substitutes the Part Number value in the parts

list

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click the Part Number column heading and then select Format

Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box click the Substitution tab to set the substitution

Select Enable Value Substitution

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 9: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 924

Click the arrow and select Browse Properties

In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box select Stock Number and then click OK

4 Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box

Note After you set up the substitution and group parts list rows according to the Part Number column the

grouping will take into account also the Stock Number values which are defined in the BOM

Group rows in a parts list

You can group part list rows You specify parts list columns to be used as grouping keys The parts list rows

which have the same value in the key columns are grouped into one row You can select to display the

grouping participants in the parts list

Note Grouping is not available for old legacy parts lists

In the structured parts list the nested components which match the grouping key are promoted to a higher

level The QTY of promoted components is multiplied by the QTY of the parents which are the components

promoted through

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group Settings or right-click a column heading and choose Group

Settings

2 In the Group Settings dialog box select the Group box to enable grouping

3 Set the grouping keys from the lists Select a property from the list or click Browse Properties to select a

part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

4 To show the rows which participate in groups select the Display Group Participants option

5 If needed select the Display Item Numbers option to display item numbers of group participants in the

Item column of the grouped row

6 Click OK to close the Group Settings dialog box

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

Tip To disable grouping in a parts list click Group Settings and unselect the Group option

Merge rows in a legacy parts list

You can merge parts list items into a single row

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists (Autodesk Inventor 9)

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row Merge Settings or right-click a column heading

2 In the Row Merge Settings dialog box select Merge Similar Components

3 Click the arrow to select the Component Types to Merge Select Parts only Parts and Assemblies

separately or Parts and Assemblies together

4 In the First Key box select the down arrow to select a property to merge

5 For further filtering select another property in the Second Key box

6 For even further filtering select another property in the Third Key box

7 Click OK and then click Apply Continue to edit the parts list as needed or click OK to close the dialog box

Add or remove custom parts in the parts list (Note on Virtual Parts)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 10: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1024

You can add parts that are not contained in the model After adding custom parts you can add balloons for

custom parts

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row in the table to set the location for the new part

2 Right-click a row and select Insert Custom Part

The custom parts are added to all parts lists with the same source To remove a custom part from the table

select the row right-click and then choose Remove The custom part is removed from all parts list with the

same source To hide a custom part in a parts list turn off the Visibility option for the custom part row

Note If you are documenting a true component it is recomended to use Virtual Parts for identifying custom

parts Virtual Parts can be shared across all documents

Change the value in a parts list cell

The values in parts list cells are determined by the data in the model but you can override the values in parts

list cells

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box table click to select the cell to edit

2 Type the new value into the cell If you change the item number for the row the item number in any

associated balloons change as well

Note

Changes to the model automatically update the parts list To keep overrides in the parts list the Static

Value option must be selected for corresponding cells in the parts list

When you override a value the Static Value option is selected automatically

To remove the override right-click the cell and unselect the Static Value option

Set a parts list cell as Static Value

To protect the values in parts list cells from inadvertent updates set them as a Static Value

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Part List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or cells to make static

3 Right-click the selection and then choose the Static Value option

Note When a cell is static it is highlighted in blue

Tip To enable automatic update unselect the Static Value option for the cell

Change the setup of a parts list

When a parts list is placed its columns layout headings units of

measurement and other setup components are determined by the settings in

the parts list style You can modify the settings for a parts list after placing it

To change the setup for an existing parts list select it right-click and then

select Edit Parts List or double-click the parts list Use the options in the Edit

Parts List dialog box to make the changes

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 11: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1124

To filter rows displayed in the parts list use parts list filters

To associate a parts list to a different style select the parts list and then select a new parts list style from

the Style list on the Annotate tab

Tip To edit the style of the parts list in the current document right-click the parts list and select Edit Parts List

Style In the Style and Standard Editor modify the Parts List style as needed and then click Save To apply the

changed style select the parts list and then reselect the associated style from the styles drop-down menu

You can change the default parts list setup by updating style library definition After you have edited style

settings in the Style and Standard Editor right-click the edited parts list in the styles browser and then select

Save to Style Library Use caution because all other documents that use the style can be affected

Save item number overrides back to the assembly BOM

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the assembly bill of materials

3 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click any cell and select Save Item Item Number overrides are

pushed back to the bill of materials

Move add or remove columns in a parts list

A parts list can contain columns for any iProperties associated with a model referenced in a drawing view You

can add remove and reorder columns within a parts list

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser

3 In the Column Chooser dialog box add or remove the desired columns

4 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a column heading and then drag the column to new location in the

parts list

Note You can use custom properties from the model file or add custom columns to the parts list In the Edit

Parts List dialog box click Column Chooser In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box click New Property and

then select properties in the Define New Properties dialog box

Change the sort criteria for a parts list

You can change the sort order of parts list rows by using the values in any of the parts list columns

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Sort

3 In the Sort Parts List dialog box select the first column to sort by and the sort order for that column

4 Set the secondary and tertiary columns to use for sorting

5 Optionally after sorting rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the new

order

Renumber items

You can reorder the items in a parts list and then use the Renumber Items feature to renumber the item

numbers

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select the item to reorder (press the Ctrl key to select multiple items)

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 12: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1224

Click the far-left column to select the entire row

2 Release the mouse button

3 Click and drag the item to a new position in the parts list A red marker line indicates the new position as

you drag Release the mouse button to place the item

4 Click Renumber Items

The parts list is renumbered including any associated balloons Renumbered items are shown in bold blue text

You can right-click an override value and select Save Item Overrides to BOM to push it to the assembly bill of

materials Or you can clear the check mark next to Static Value and then edit the item number manually

Export parts list data to an external file

You can export a parts list to an external database spreadsheet or text file

Note If you export a parts list to the DBF format the file name cannot be longer than eight characters

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Export

Tip If you prefer select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export

2 In the Export Parts List dialog box select the file type and location for the file and then enter the file

name Click Save

Tip Use the Export Bill of Materials dialog box to export the BOM data

Reorder a parts list by dragging a column or row

You can drag the rows and columns to reorder them in the parts list table

1 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select a row or column in the table

2 Drag the row or column to the desired location in the table

3 Optionally after reordering rows in the table click Renumber Items to renumber rows according to the

new order

Note When working with a structured parts list you cannot move a part or subassembly into a different

subassembly

Show or hide rows in a parts list

You can show or hide rows in a parts list

1 Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box select one or more rows in the table

3 Right-click any selected cell and then clear the Visibility check mark Hidden cells are highlighted in gray

Note If you hide a row that represents a subassembly the child components are promoted in the parts list The

quantity of promoted components is recalculated The original component quantity is multiplied by the quantity

of the subassembly

Tip To show a hidden row select the row right-click and select the Visibility option

Change the title of a parts list and location of the title

You can change the parts list title the title location the order direction of the selected parts list and the

spacing between the rows

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 13: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1324

1 Right-click a parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Table Layout or right-click a column heading and then select Table

Layout

3 In the Table Layout dialog box select the location and then enter the parts list name

Change the column format settings

You can change the default column formatting properties and create substitution values for the selected parts

lists

1 Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List

2 In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and then select Format Column

3 In the Format Column dialog box select the Column Format tab Set the formatting and alignment

properties for a column in the parts list

The ITEM QTY FILE NAME MATERIAL and DATE properties cannot be changed

To enable stacking of fractional numbers select Stacked Fractional Text and click Stack

Properties Set the stacking format and fractional text scale and click OK in the Stack Properties

dialog box All fractional numeric strings (in 12 format) in the selected column are replaced with a

stacked fraction in the drawing

Select Apply Units Formatting to change the formatting and units settings for the selected

column and override settings defined in the parts list style

Specify options for Format Units and Display

Click OK to close the Format Column dialog box and then click Apply to continue editing or click OK

to close the Edit Parts List dialog box

4 Click the Substitution tab to set the options available for substitution

Select Enable Value Substituting to substitute the selected column with the value of another

column

Click the arrow to browse for a property to substitute In the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box do one of the following

Select from the available properties and then click OK

Click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a new item

to the list of Available Properties then click OK twice to return to the Format Column dialog

box

In the When rows are merged box click the arrow to specify how the value is calculated

The setting defaults to First Row which displays the value of the first component

To add all values of the component together click the arrow and select Sum of Values The cell

values of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) are added The sum

is reported in the property fields of the selected column

Wrap the parts list at a row

If a parts list is too long you can divide it into sections extended to the left or right of the main table

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a parts list row and choose Wrap Table at Row from the menu The parts list splits after the

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 14: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1424

selected row

Change the column width

You can change the width of one or more columns

1 Select the parts list right-click and then select Edit Part List

2 Right-click a column heading and then select Column Width

3 Enter a value for the column width

Rotate the parts list

1 Select the parts list and right-click

2 Select Rotate from the menu and then select the direction of the rotation from the submenu (clockwise

or counter-clockwise)

References

BOM Properties

Displays the source file and provides BOM settings used to create item numbers for balloons and parts lists

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Balloon

Note The BOM Properties dialog box is displayed only if the BOM is not yet created (that means no balloons or

parts lists were created in the drawing)

File Displays the source file for creating a BOM in the drawing

BOM Settings Selects the appropriate BOM view The Parts Only view may be disabled in the source

assembly If you select the Parts Only view in the parts list it is enabled in the source

assembly

Note BOM views are provided only for assembly sources

BOM View

The choice of BOM View determines available settings and properties

Structured

Note The Structured Properties are

only available if the BOM view was not

defined in the assembly Bill of

Materials

Level First Level assigns a simple

integer value to direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering This option

restarts numbering for each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to

set the minimum number of digits

displayed for item numbering The

range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded

numbering This option provides a

delimiter that works in conjunction with

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 15: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1524

expanded items Child items receive

indented concatenated numbering

based on the same rules as in parts

lists today

Structured (legacy) Inheritance Determines if nested

levels in a parts list inherit changes

made to the item value of the parent

assembly (for example if the assembly

item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to

A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for

structured item numbering

Parts only (legacy) View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Create Parts List

Sets the resource BOM settings and table wrap settings when you create a

parts list

Access

Ribbon Annotate tab Table panel Parts List

Source

Selects the source for the parts list

Select View Selects a drawing view to identify a target for parts list

File Selects a file to be used as the parts list source Select a file from the list or click Browse to

locate the file

BOM Settings and Properties

BOM View settings determine available settings and properties

Note Structured Properties are only available if the BOM view has not been defined in the assembly Bill of Materials

Structured First Level assigns a simple integer value to

direct children

Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

All Levels provides full expanded numbering

This option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

receive indented concatenated numbering

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering This option restarts numbering for

each level

Parts Only Numbering Numeric numeric text Minimum Digits provides control to set the

minimum number of digits displayed for item

numbering The range is fixed from 1 to 6 digits

Alpha provides full expanded numbering This

option provides a delimiter that works in

conjunction with expanded items Child items

Case Select upper or lower

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 16: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1624

receive indented concatenated numbering based

on the same rules as in parts lists today

Structured

(legacy)

Inheritance Determines if nested levels in a

parts list inherit changes made to the item value

of the parent assembly (for example if the

assembly item value changes from 1 to A the

nested parts change from 11 12 to A1 A2)

Delimiter Sets a delimiter for structured item

numbering

Parts only

(legacy)

View properties are not applicable for Parts only (legacy)

Select Member Specifies if the parts list is created for specific iAssembly members or for the whole iAssembly

Select the check box to create a parts list for members only or clear the check box to create a parts

list for the entire iAssembly

Table Wrapping

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the appropriate number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the appropriate number

Edit parts list

Changes the display layout and other attributes of the selected parts list

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu or double-click a parts list

Color Key

A cell with blue font amp bold rectangle outline - the cell contains a static value - it will not update on property

change in the global bill of material (GBOM)

A row with gray background color - the row is invisible

A column row or cell with blue background color - the cell contain a read-only value

Cells in ITEM column with yellow background color - indicates duplicate or conflicting item numbering

Parts List Commands

Parts list commands perform operations on the selected parts list

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 17: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1724

Column Chooser opens the Column Chooser dialog box You can add remove or change the order of the

columns for the selected parts list

Note You can drag to rearrange columns within the Edit Parts List dialog box Select a column click the heading

of the column and then drag the column to the desired location Release mouse button to drop the column in the

new position

Group Settings opens the Group Settings dialog box You select parts list columns to be used as a grouping key

and group different components into one parts list row

Filter Settings opens the Filter Settings dialog box You can define and apply one or more parts list filters to

filter parts list rows

Sort opens the Sort Parts List dialog box You can sort the parts list by applying primary secondary and tertiary

sort criteria Sorting affects only the edited Parts Lists

Export saves the selected parts list to an external file Click the command and then specify the file name and

format

Table Layout opens the Table Layout dialog box You can change the title text or heading location for the

selected parts list You can change the row height table direction and the table wrapping settings

Renumber renumbers parts list rows consecutively according to the current order of rows in the parts list

Renumbering affects the item numbering of all parts lists with the same source as the edited parts list

Save Item overrides to BOM saves Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note You can save changes back to any item numbers in the assembly Bill of Materials that are locked In the

Parts List dialog box when you override an existing value and then save the change to a locked value in the Bill

of Material you are notified that you are attempting to override a locked cell Confirm the action to save the

value to the Bill of Materials

Member Selection opens the Member Selection dialog box where you can select which members to include in

the parts list Click the check box beside the members to include or click Yes to All to include all members or No

to All to exclude all members

Column editing options

Right-click a column heading (the name of the column) to access menu options

Note Table Layout Column Chooser and Group Settings options are also available on the toolbar See the Parts List

Commands paragraph for more information about these options

Row Merge Settings Opens the Row Merge Settings dialog box

Note The row merge is available only for legacy parts lists

Table Layout Opens the Table Layout dialog box Changes the title the location of the heading row spacing

table wrap preference and other parts list properties

Column Chooser Opens the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box Selects columns to include in the parts list

Group Settings Opens the Group Settings dialog box Groups several parts list rows into one row according to

selected sorting keys (Available only for converted parts lists)

Format Column Sets the column name alignment of text and formatting properties You can also substitute

the value of one property or the sum of properties into an existing column (property) in the

Parts List

Column Width Sets the width of one or more selected columns

Row editing options

Right-click a row or a cell to access menu options

Visible When selected shows the rows or columns in a parts list When not selected hides the rows or

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 18: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1824

columns in a parts list

Wrap Table at Row Manages the length of a parts list by dividing it into sections extended to the left or right of the

main table

Insert Custom Part Creates a parts list row so that parts that are not contained in the model can be added The

row is added to all parts list with the same source

Remove Custom Part Removes one or more rows that were manually added with Insert Custom Part

Save Item overrides to

BOM

Save Item overrides back to the assembly Bill of Materials

Note If the selected BOM item is locked you are notified by a message box and you can

choose to unlock the item or cancel the save

Static Value Sets the selected parts list cells as static values When a cell is static it does not update if the

corresponding value in the parts list source changes

Filter Settings

Use the Filter Setting dialog box to define and apply parts list filters Parts list filters can be defined for a parts

list in the drawing or in the parts list style

Note Parts list filters have no impact to parts list data Parts list rows are removed from the table according to

the filtering conditions but values like quantity of parts are not changed

Access

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Filter Settings

Ribbon Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the Style and Standard Editor

dialog box expand the Parts List entry and select a parts list style In the Parts List Style panel click

Filter Settings

Filter Switches parts list filtering on or off Select the Filter check box to enable editing of parts

list filters

Define Filter Item

Select Filter Select a filter type from the list Options for the selected filter type are displayed and

you can define filter properties

Adds the filter in the list of available filters

Cancels the filter selected in Define Filter Items field

Assembly View

Representation filter

Uses component visibility as defined by a design view representation to filter rows from

the parts list (Not available in the parts list style)

View Representation Select a design view representation from the list to define the

filter

Ballooned Items Only

filter

Excludes components without a balloon

Item Number Range

filter

Excludes items whose item numbers do not match the defined range or pattern

Range Define a range or item numbers to include

Insert single numbers separated by a comma or two numbers with a dash between

them (for example 1-19) The list can be unordered Single letters or alphabetic ranges

are also evaluated

Purchased Items filter Either shows purchased items only or excludes purchased items from the parts list

Purchased Items Only Select to include only purchased items in the parts list

No Purchased Items Select to exclude all purchased items from the parts list

Standard Content filter Either shows only standard components in the parts list or excludes all standard

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 19: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 1924

components from the parts list

Standard Content Only Select to include only standard components

No Standard Content Select to exclude all standard components

Filters list

Lists all filters defined for the parts list Select the check box to activate the filter clear the check box to inactivate the

filter

To edit or delete a filter right-click the filter and choose

Edit Edits the selected filter Edit the filter properties and then click Add Filter to apply the

changes

Delete Deletes the filter

Microsoft Excel Export Options

Access In a drawing

Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Export and then in

the Export Parts List dialog box click Options

Right-click a general table or a configuration table and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click

Export and then in the Export Table dialog box click Options

Selects columns and specifies formatting preferences for data to export to an Excel spreadsheet

Exported columns Lists the columns in the parts list or table All are selected by default Clear the check boxes

beside columns you do not want to export

Format Specifies Excel formatting options to apply to the data Select a check box to apply the

preference or clear it to ignore the format rule In most cases you can later change the format

using Excel commands

Apply cell formatting specifies that the data to format according to the formatting set in the

Excel cells

Force cell to Text formats all data as text regardless of its content

Autofit column width specifies if the column resizes to accommodate the amount of data

Include title reserves a row for the table Not available if the parts list or table has no title

Starting cell specifies the row and column for the starting cell The default is Row 2 Column

B

Template browses to an Excel spreadsheet that you want to use as a template

Select Member

For parts lists containing iAssembly members includes one or more members all members or excludes all

members

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog click Member Selection

Select member to

include

Selects the desired member of the iAssembly

Yes to All Selects all members

No to All Unselects all members

Hide rows of zero

quantity

Automatically hides rows in the table To unhide them clear the check box They cannot be

restored to the table with the context menu Visibility option

Note The option works for QTY property only it does not work for ITEM QTY or any custom

property

Group Settings

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 20: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2024

Use the Group Settings dialog box to group several parts list rows into one row according to selected sorting

keys

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Group

Settings

Note The Group Settings dialog box is available only for converted parts lists It replaces the Row Merge

Settings feature available for legacy parts lists

Group Select to enable grouping Clear the check box to disable grouping

Note The grouping is not applied to invisible items and items with blank properties

First Key Specifies the first property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Second Key Specifies the second property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list

or click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Third Key Specifies the third property to be used as the grouping key Select a property from the list or

click Browse Properties to select a part list column in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog

box

Display Group

Participants

Select box to display components participating in groups in the parts list Unselect box to show

only resulting group rows and hide group participants

Display Item Numbers Select box to display item numbers of group participants in the Item column of the parts list

Note This option does not change item numbers for parts list items

Format column - Parts List

Sets properties and controls the value substitution for the selected parts list column

Note To change the default column formatting properties for parts lists edit the parts list style by using Style

and Standard Editor

Access Right-click a parts list in the drawing and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

the column heading and then select Format Column

Select a parts list style in Style and Standard Editor In the Default Column Settings section of the Parts List Style

panel right-click a Property and then select Format Column

Column Format tab

Sets the formatting and alignment properties for a column in the selected parts list

Property Displays the name of the selected column

Heading Sets the name of the selected column To change enter a different name

Type Displays the type of data in the column

Controls the display of leading and trailing zeros

Justification Sets the alignment for the column heading and respective cells

Heading Sets the alignment for the column heading Click to specify left center or right

alignment

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 21: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2124

Value Sets the alignment for the data in the column Click to specify left center or right

alignment

Stacked Fractional Text Enables stacking of numeric fractions All fractional numerical strings (in 12 format) in

the selected column are replaced with a stacked numeric fraction in the drawing

Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting is

selected

Opens the Stack Properties dialog box and sets the format and text scale for stacked

fractions Available only when editing a table in the drawing and Use Default Formatting

is selected

Use Default Formatting Uses the default settings specified in the standard

Apply Units Formatting Enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes made to

these settings only apply to the selected column

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Format selects a fractional or decimal format Fractional formats are available only if

Length is selected as Unit Type and inches or feet are selected as Units

Precision selects the precision of values displayed in the selected column

Fractional Text Scale selects the text scale of numbers in stacked fractions Available

only if a fractional format is selected

Units selects the measurement units If inches or feet are selected fractional format is

available in the Format option

Decimal Marker selects the marker for the decimal format Click the arrow to specify

either a period or comma as the decimal character

Unit String displays the name of the units next to the value

Substitution tab

Sets the substitution value for a property field Also sets how values are calculated when rows are merged Substitution

cannot be applied to the Item property

No Value Substitution Substitution is not enabled All other values on the tab are unavailable

Enable Value

Substituting

Allows the value of the selected column to be substituted with the value of another column

Select the check box to enable value substitution and browse for a property Select from the

list in the Parts List Column Chooser dialog box

When exists use value of Sets the property to be substituted for the selected column

Click the arrow to browse for a property In the Parts list Column Chooser dialog box Select a

property or click New Property to open the Define New Property dialog box and then add a

new item to the list of Available Properties

When rows are merged value used is Set how the value is calculated when rows are

merged The setting defaults to First Row which calculates only the first row To have all rows

calculated click the arrow and then select Sum of Values Selecting Sum of Values adds the

values of the cells of the substituted row (the row identified in Enable Value Substitution) and

reports that sum in the property fields of the selected column

Use Default Formatting When selected uses settings defined in the Parts List style of the Manage tab Styles and

Standards panel Styles Editor To change settings right-click a parts list in the browser and

select Edit Parts List Style

Apply Units Formatting When selected enables the formatting and units settings for the selected column Changes

made to these settings only apply to the selected column

Format Specifies settings for Format and Precision

Format Sets the units of measure Click the arrow and then select from the list

Precision Sets the decimal precision for display

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 22: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2224

Units Sets the format of the primary units of measure for numeric information

Unit Type selects the type of measurement units

Units Sets the units of measurement Click the arrow and then select from the list

Decimal Marker Specifies the character to use as a decimal Click the arrow and then select

from the list

Unit String Displays the unit of measurement to the parameter alignment Select the check

box to enable the display

Display Sets the style to display or suppress leading and trailing zeros

Leading Zero Sets the display of a leading zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Trailing Zero Sets the display of a trailing zero in values Select the check box to add the

zero Clear the check box to suppress it

Table Wrapping Settings

Manages the appearance of a parts list in the drawing Enables dividing the parts list into sections extended to

the left or right of the main table

Access Right-click a parts list and select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click a column heading and

then select Table Wrapping (Custom)

Direction to Wrap Table Places the columns to the left or right when you increase the number of rows in the parts list

Left Wraps the parts list rows to the left

Right Wraps the parts list rows to the right

Enable Automatic Wrap Enables controls for automatic wrapping

Maximum Rows Specifies the number of rows to display in one section Type the desired number

Number of Sections Specifies the number of sections to wrap Type the desired number

Row Merge Settings

Available only for legacy (Autodesk Inventor 9 or older) parts lists Replaced with Group Settings for newer parts

lists

Allows different components to be treated as the same component For example two bolts that are the same

size but are of different materials and have different part numbers can be grouped in the list

Access Right-click a parts list in the browser and then select Edit Parts List In the Edit Parts List dialog box click Row

Merge Settings

No Row Merging No merging criteria applied

Merge Similar

components

Common components are collected and displayed as a single row based on the merge criteria

Component Type(s) to

Merge

Specifies which levels in an assembly to merge in the parts list

Parts Only Only merge components that exist on the top assembly

Parts and Subassemblies Separately Merge components that exist on the top assembly

and then separately merge subassemblies

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 23: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2324

Parts and Subassemblies Together Treat parts and subassemblies the same for merging

First Key Specifies a property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have the

same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Second Key Specifies a second property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Third Key Specifies a third property to use for identifying a discrete part when two or more parts have

the same property Click the arrow and then select the property from the list

Parts List Table Layout

Changes the title the location of the title and ordering direction of the selected parts list It also changes the

spacing between the rows

Access Right-click the parts list and then select Edit Parts List from the menu In the Edit Parts List dialog box right-click

a column heading and then select Table Layout or click Table Layout on the toolbar

Heading and Table

Settings

Sets the options for naming and formatting parts lists tables

Title specifies the title to display on the parts list and in the browser Enter the title in the box

Select the Title check box if you want the title to display

Text Styles shows the styles associated with the title column header and cell data

Heading Placement sets the location of the heading Select Top Bottom or None

Direction specifies the direction of the item numbers in the table Set to ascending or

descending order

Heading specifies the placement of the heading in the table Set top bottom or no heading

Line Spacing sets single double or triple spacing between lines of text

Heading Gap shows the preset value

Row Gap shows the preset value

Table Wrapping Direction to Wrap Table sets the wrap to Left or Right

Select the Enable Automatic Wrap check box and then specify the maximum rows and

number of sections Not available if the check box is not selected

Note To change the default settings click Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Styles Editor In the

Style and Standard Editor dialog box click Parts List and edit values The changed values are valid for the

current document only unless you select Manage tab Styles and Standards panel Save to replace the

library style Use caution because the changed setting could affect all other documents that use the style

Sort Columns

Changes the sort order of items in the bill of materials or selected parts list You select a column for the primary

sort and the columns for the secondary tertiary sorts

AccessClick a parts list or bill of materials Right-click and select Edit Parts List and then click Sort or

Right-click a table formatted by the Table style and select Edit In the Edit Table dialog box click Sort to open the

Sort dialog box

Sort by Specifies the column to use and the order for sorting Click the arrow select the column from

the list and then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

Then by Specifies the column to use for secondary and tertiary sorting when there are duplicate entries

in the column used for the primary sort Click the arrow select the column from the list and

then set the sort order

Ascending sorts from the lowest value to the highest value

Descending sorts from the highest value to the lowest value

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks

Page 24: Parts Lists - WikiHelp

3613 Parts lists - WikiHelp

wikihelpautodeskcomInventorenu2012Help0073-Autodesk730611-Drawings6110633-Drawing_6330642-Parts_li642 2424

Export Parts List or Table

Saves the parts list or table to an external database spreadsheet or text file

AccessClick Export in the Edit Parts List or Edit Table dialog box

Save in Browse to select the location for the external file

File Name Specifies the name of the external file Enter the file name or select an existing file to replace

it

Note The name for a DBF file cannot be longer than eight characters

Save As Type Specifies the type of external file to use Click the arrow and then select from the list

Table Name If the file type is Microsoft Access specifies the name of the table

If the file type is Microsoft Excel specifies the name of the worksheet Not used for other file

types

Comments0

Powered by MindTouch

Sign up for email

Careers

Investors

copy Copyright 2012 Autodesk Inc All rights reserved Privacy Policy mdash Legal Notices amp Trademarks